{"title":"Small Parts Storage Systems - Mobile Trolleys \u0026 Racks - Bin \u0026 Container Trolleys - Picking \u0026 Shelf Trolleys","description":"\u003cp\u003eOptimise order picking, parts distribution, and component storage with the versatile range of picking and shelf trolleys from AB Handling. Designed for active industrial environments, these mobile units bring small parts storage, plastic bins, and container handling directly to the workstation, assembly line, or packing bench.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eOur selection includes adaptable configurations engineered to hold euro distribution containers, storage bins, and deep trays securely in transit:\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDouble-sided bin picking trolleys\u003c\/strong\u003e equipped with multi-rail frameworks or louvred panels for high-density small parts organisation.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMulti-tier shelf and tray trolleys\u003c\/strong\u003e featuring straight, angled, or adjustable decks for ergonomic stock access.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eEuro container trolleys\u003c\/strong\u003e built with welded tubular steel frames specifically designed for distribution boxes and nesting containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeavy-duty mobile shelving carts\u003c\/strong\u003e and enclosed security trolleys with capacities ranging from 150kg up to 400kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIdeal for\u003c\/strong\u003e warehouse order pickers, assembly line technicians, maintenance teams, and stockroom supervisors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eManufactured from robust materials including mild steel, welded tubular frameworks, and hard-wearing electro-galvanised finishes, these mobile trolleys ensure reliable performance and effortless manoeuvrability across commercial and industrial facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e","products":[{"product_id":"2-tier-trolley-with-37-litre-nesting-box-containers","title":"2-stufiger Rollwagen mit 37-Liter-Nestbox-Behältern","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"207\" data-end=\"580\"\u003eThe 2 Tier Trolley with Containers is a practical and durable solution for transporting goods efficiently in warehouses, retail, food service, and general storage environments. Supplied with\u003cstrong\u003e \u003c\/strong\u003etwo 37 litre nesting box containers (available in various colours), this trolley provides a smooth and reliable way to move products from A to B.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"582\" data-end=\"788\"\u003eManufactured from strong steel with an epoxy coating, the trolley is built for long-lasting use. Fitted with 100mm nylon swivel castors, it ensures excellent manoeuvrability, even in tight spaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"790\" data-end=\"807\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"790\" data-end=\"805\"\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"808\" data-end=\"853\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"808\" data-end=\"853\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"810\" data-end=\"853\"\u003eExternal: 680 (L) x 430 (W) x 1020 (H) mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"855\" data-end=\"881\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"855\" data-end=\"879\"\u003eProduct Information:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"882\" data-end=\"1026\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"882\" data-end=\"923\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"884\" data-end=\"923\"\u003eCapacity: 2 x 37L containers included\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"924\" data-end=\"968\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"926\" data-end=\"968\"\u003eMaterial: Steel frame with epoxy coating\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"969\" data-end=\"1008\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"971\" data-end=\"1008\"\u003eCastors: 100mm nylon swivel castors\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1009\" data-end=\"1026\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1011\" data-end=\"1026\"\u003eFree Delivery\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1028\" data-end=\"1142\"\u003eA versatile and space-efficient transport solution designed to keep goods secure, organised, and easy to handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 2 tier trolley from AB Handling is constructed from epoxy-coated steel and measures 680mm (L) x 430mm (W) x 1020mm (H).\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is supplied with two 37 litre nesting box containers available in various colours.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEquipped with 100mm nylon swivel castors, it is designed for transporting goods in warehouses, retail, food service, and storage settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the external dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe external dimensions of the trolley are 680mm in length, 430mm in width, and 1020mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat containers come supplied with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley includes two 37 litre nesting box containers, which are available in various colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley frame constructed from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley frame is manufactured from durable steel with an epoxy coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 100mm nylon swivel castors for easy manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the external dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe external dimensions of the trolley are 680mm in length, 430mm in width, and 1020mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat containers come supplied with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley includes two 37 litre nesting box containers, which are available in various colours.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley frame constructed from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley frame is manufactured from durable steel with an epoxy coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 100mm nylon swivel castors for easy manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mailbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56327362904438,"sku":"B19","price":310.44,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/B19-M2602-blue-blue_600x600_468b6f2e-cb2a-46a0-b564-86c966b91286.webp?v=1758540233"},{"product_id":"large-double-security-trolley-epoxy-coated-mild-steel-fits-20-trays","title":"Großer Doppel-Sicherheits-Rollwagen – Epoxid-beschichteter Stahl | Passt für 20 Tabletts","description":"\u003cp\u003eKeep your goods secure and organised with this \u003cstrong\u003eLarge Double Security Trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e, designed for safely transporting containers and materials around warehouses, workshops, factories, and shop floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong\u003eepoxy-coated mild steel\u003c\/strong\u003e, this robust trolley provides exceptional strength, durability, and resistance to wear. The \u003cstrong\u003elocking 100mm castors\u003c\/strong\u003e ensure stability when stationary and easy manoeuvrability when in use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eWith space for \u003cstrong\u003eup to 20 trays\u003c\/strong\u003e (sold separately), it is ideal for businesses that need reliable, secure storage and transport.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003ePlease note:\u003c\/strong\u003e Trays not included.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDouble security design for extra protection of goods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eEpoxy-coated mild steel construction for durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHolds up to 20 trays (sold separately)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e100mm locking castors for safe, easy movement\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for warehouses, workshops, and factory use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eExternal Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1000 mm (L) × 650 mm (W) × 1500 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003e Mild steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Epoxy coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCapacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 20 trays\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100 mm locking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Large Double Security Trolley from AB Handling is constructed from epoxy-coated mild steel for secure storage and transport in warehouses, workshops, and factories.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features external dimensions of 1000 mm in length, 650 mm in width, and 1500 mm in height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley holds up to 20 trays (trays not included) and is fitted with 100 mm locking castors for mobility and stability.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this double security trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe external dimensions are 1000 mm (L) × 650 mm (W) × 1500 mm (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the trays included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, trays are not included and are sold separately. The unit has capacity for up to 20 trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley manufactured from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is manufactured from mild steel with a protective epoxy coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size and style of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 100 mm locking castors to ensure smooth movement and stability when stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this double security trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe external dimensions are 1000 mm (L) × 650 mm (W) × 1500 mm (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the trays included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, trays are not included and are sold separately. The unit has capacity for up to 20 trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley manufactured from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is manufactured from mild steel with a protective epoxy coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size and style of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 100 mm locking castors to ensure smooth movement and stability when stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this double security trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe external dimensions are 1000 mm (L) × 650 mm (W) × 1500 mm (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the trays included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, trays are not included and are sold separately. The unit has capacity for up to 20 trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley manufactured from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is manufactured from mild steel with a protective epoxy coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size and style of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 100 mm locking castors to ensure smooth movement and stability when stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this double security trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe external dimensions are 1000 mm (L) × 650 mm (W) × 1500 mm (H).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the trays included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, trays are not included and are sold separately. The unit has capacity for up to 20 trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley manufactured from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is manufactured from mild steel with a protective epoxy coating.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size and style of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 100 mm locking castors to ensure smooth movement and stability when stationary.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Mailbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56457534407030,"sku":"M4456","price":937.74,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/M4456-steel_600x600_b6545662-9759-4e5a-b863-47bb1cc058b7.jpg?v=1790611678"},{"product_id":"mobile-small-parts-trolley-louvred-panel-storage-unit-on-wheels","title":"Mobiler Wagen für Kleinteile | Jalousie-Panel-Lagerbox auf Rollen","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Mobile Small Parts Trolley is a flexible storage solution designed for organizing small components in workshops, warehouses, and assembly lines, supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from robust mild steel, this slimline mobile trolley features louvred panels designed for secure attachment and easy removal of Products Small Parts Bins. Equipped with smooth, non-marking rubber castors, it navigates tight warehouse aisles and narrow production areas with ease. Please note: panels exclude parts bins.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStand Capacity: 400kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWidth: 1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDepth: 530 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight: 1160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaterial: Mild Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: Non-marking rubber\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCompatibility: Designed for Products Small Parts Bins (bins excluded)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Mobile Small Parts Trolley is a mild steel louvred panel storage unit built on non-marking rubber castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 1000 mm in width, 530 mm in depth, and 1160 mm in height, with a 400kg stand capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is designed for use with Products Small Parts Bins to organize components in warehouses, workshops, and assembly lines.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe louvred panels exclude parts bins, allowing compatible bins to be attached and removed as needed.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mailbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56504475091318,"sku":"SKU","price":293.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/G218-Small-Parts-Single-Sided-Trolley_600x600_25fa412e-b7b3-49a3-be25-fce5a49221b6.webp?v=1761050045"},{"product_id":"mobile-small-parts-trolley-with-bins-louvred-panel-storage-on-wheels","title":"Mobiler Wagen für Kleinteile mit Behältern | Jalousie-Panel-Lagerung auf Rollen","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Mobile Small Parts Trolley with Bins is a single-sided mild steel storage and transport unit designed for workshops, warehouses, and assembly areas, supplied by AB Handling. It provides a ready-to-use solution for keeping essential components organized, visible, and easy to access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable mild steel, this mobile trolley features a 400kg stand capacity and non-marking rubber castors that allow smooth, effortless movement through narrow aisles and compact workspaces. The unit is supplied complete with small parts bins and I.D. labels to help maintain efficiency and order.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\u003cstrong\u003eBrand:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eMaterial:\u003c\/strong\u003eMild Steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStand Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e400kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWidth:\u003c\/strong\u003e1000 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDepth:\u003c\/strong\u003e530 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight:\u003c\/strong\u003e1160 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003eNon-marking rubber castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIncludes:\u003c\/strong\u003eSmall parts bins and I.D. labels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Mailbox","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":56504544526710,"sku":"SKU","price":380.72,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/G218-Single-Trolley-Bin-Kit-G202-Blue_600x600_2ae5a1bf-e8b4-4f75-9b18-b17a9081af66.webp?v=1761050915"},{"product_id":"series-8000-shelving-trolley-electrogalvanised-250-kg-capacity-945-x-470-x-1120-mm","title":"Regalwagen der Serie 8000 – Elektroverzinkt – Tragfähigkeit 250 kg (945 × 470 × 1120 mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley is a versatile transport and storage solution for warehouses, workshops, retail stockrooms, and general storage environments, supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed with an electrogalvanised steel frame and laminate boards, this trolley combines strength and stability with a total load capacity of 250 kg. The shelves are infinitely height-adjustable to accommodate equipment of various sizes, while an adjustable handle and four 125 mm castors ensure comfortable, smooth manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered unassembled for convenient handling and efficient shipping.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDimensions: 945 × 470 × 1120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Load Capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame Material: Electrogalvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: Laminate boards, infinitely height-adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 × 125 mm castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle: Height\/position adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly: Supplied unassembled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley is an electrogalvanised steel trolley with laminate board shelves for warehouse and workshop storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt has outer dimensions of 945 × 470 × 1120 mm and a total maximum load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe unit features infinitely height-adjustable shelves, an adjustable handle, and four 125 mm castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed and unassembled by AB Handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley has a total maximum load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this shelving trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 945 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the laminate board shelves are infinitely height-adjustable to fit items of different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size castors does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125 mm castors for smooth movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley has a total maximum load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this shelving trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 945 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the laminate board shelves are infinitely height-adjustable to fit items of different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size castors does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125 mm castors for smooth movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley has a total maximum load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this shelving trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 945 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the laminate board shelves are infinitely height-adjustable to fit items of different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size castors does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125 mm castors for smooth movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley has a total maximum load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this shelving trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 945 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the laminate board shelves are infinitely height-adjustable to fit items of different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size castors does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125 mm castors for smooth movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley has a total maximum load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this shelving trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 945 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the laminate board shelves are infinitely height-adjustable to fit items of different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size castors does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125 mm castors for smooth movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley has a total maximum load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this shelving trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 945 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the laminate board shelves are infinitely height-adjustable to fit items of different sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size castors does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125 mm castors for smooth movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57304598741366,"sku":"KM8000-3MB","price":243.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/KM8000-3M__1024x768_2.png?v=1771248176"},{"product_id":"series-8000-shelving-trolley-electrogalvanised-flex-cart-250-kg-capacity-815-x-470-x-1120-mm","title":"Regalwagen der Serie 8000 – Elektroverzinkter Flex-Cart – Tragfähigkeit 250 kg (815 × 470 × 1120 mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley is a versatile mobile storage solution for warehouses, workshops, retail stockrooms, and general storage areas, supplied by AB Handling. Designed for transporting tools, goods, and equipment, this trolley features shelves that can be mounted at any height for complete configuration flexibility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed with an electrogalvanised steel frame and laminate boards, it provides strength, stability, and long-lasting performance. An adjustable handle ensures ergonomic operation, while four 125 mm castors allow smooth manoeuvrability across busy workspaces. The cart is delivered unassembled for easy shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 815 × 470 × 1120 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrogalvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Material:\u003c\/strong\u003e Laminate boards\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelving:\u003c\/strong\u003e Infinitely height-adjustable\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHandle:\u003c\/strong\u003e Adjustable ergonomic design\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 × 125 mm castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Delivered unassembled\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley is an electrogalvanised steel mobile cart with laminate shelves measuring 815 × 470 × 1120 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features a total load capacity of 250 kg and infinitely adjustable shelf heights.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley runs on four 125 mm castors and includes an adjustable ergonomic handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is designed for moving tools, equipment, and goods in warehouses, stockrooms, and workshops.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelf positions adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves can be mounted at any height along the frame to suit your storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the physical dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 815 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built using an electrogalvanised steel frame with laminate board shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelf positions adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves can be mounted at any height along the frame to suit your storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the physical dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 815 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built using an electrogalvanised steel frame with laminate board shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelf positions adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves can be mounted at any height along the frame to suit your storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the physical dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 815 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built using an electrogalvanised steel frame with laminate board shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelf positions adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves can be mounted at any height along the frame to suit your storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the physical dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 815 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built using an electrogalvanised steel frame with laminate board shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelf positions adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves can be mounted at any height along the frame to suit your storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the physical dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 815 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built using an electrogalvanised steel frame with laminate board shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of the Series 8000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelf positions adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves can be mounted at any height along the frame to suit your storage needs.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the physical dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 815 mm in length, 470 mm in width, and 1120 mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built using an electrogalvanised steel frame with laminate board shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive fully assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57304639832438,"sku":"KM8000-3S","price":222.29,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/KM8000-3M__1024x768_3.png?v=1771248912"},{"product_id":"series-8000-shelving-trolley-electrogalvanised-250-kg-capacity-815-x-470-x-1590-mm","title":"Regalwagen der Serie 8000 – elektrogalvanisiert – Tragfähigkeit 250 kg (815 × 470 × 1590 mm)","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"264\" data-end=\"511\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"268\" data-end=\"300\"\u003eSeries 8000 Shelving Trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e is a flexible and practical solution for \u003cstrong data-start=\"342\" data-end=\"405\"\u003ewarehouses, workshops, retail stockrooms, and storage areas\u003c\/strong\u003e. Its shelves can be mounted at \u003cstrong data-start=\"437\" data-end=\"451\"\u003eany height\u003c\/strong\u003e, giving you full control over your storage configuration.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"513\" data-end=\"748\"\u003eConstructed from \u003cstrong data-start=\"530\" data-end=\"557\"\u003eelectrogalvanised steel\u003c\/strong\u003e with \u003cstrong data-start=\"563\" data-end=\"582\"\u003elaminate boards\u003c\/strong\u003e, the trolley is strong, stable, and built to last. The \u003cstrong data-start=\"638\" data-end=\"659\"\u003eadjustable handle\u003c\/strong\u003e provides ergonomic use, and \u003cstrong data-start=\"688\" data-end=\"710\"\u003e4 × 125 mm castors\u003c\/strong\u003e ensure smooth and easy manoeuvring.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"750\" data-end=\"929\"\u003eWith a \u003cstrong data-start=\"757\" data-end=\"790\"\u003etotal load capacity of 250 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, this trolley is ideal for transporting tools, goods, or equipment efficiently. Delivered \u003cstrong data-start=\"881\" data-end=\"896\"\u003eunassembled\u003c\/strong\u003e for easy shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"931\" data-end=\"934\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"936\" data-end=\"956\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"940\" data-end=\"956\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"958\" data-end=\"1197\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"958\" data-end=\"1001\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"960\" data-end=\"1001\"\u003eShelves infinitely adjustable in height\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1002\" data-end=\"1056\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1004\" data-end=\"1056\"\u003eElectrogalvanised steel frame with laminate boards\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1057\" data-end=\"1096\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1059\" data-end=\"1096\"\u003eAdjustable handle for ergonomic use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1097\" data-end=\"1139\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1099\" data-end=\"1139\"\u003e4 × 125 mm castors for smooth movement\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1140\" data-end=\"1171\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1142\" data-end=\"1171\"\u003eTotal load capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1172\" data-end=\"1197\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1174\" data-end=\"1197\"\u003eDelivered unassembled\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1199\" data-end=\"1202\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1204\" data-end=\"1236\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1208\" data-end=\"1236\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1238\" data-end=\"1375\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1238\" data-end=\"1277\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1240\" data-end=\"1277\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1240\" data-end=\"1255\"\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 815 × 470 × 1590 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1278\" data-end=\"1313\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1280\" data-end=\"1313\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1280\" data-end=\"1304\"\u003eTotal Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1314\" data-end=\"1341\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1316\" data-end=\"1341\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1316\" data-end=\"1328\"\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 × 125 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1342\" data-end=\"1375\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1344\" data-end=\"1375\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1344\" data-end=\"1355\"\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrogalvanised\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Series 8000 Shelving Trolley measures 815 × 470 × 1590 mm and has a total load capacity of 250 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is built with an electrogalvanised steel frame, laminate boards, and four 125 mm castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe unit features an adjustable ergonomic handle and shelves that are infinitely adjustable in height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied unassembled by AB Handling, it is designed for transporting tools, goods, and equipment in warehouses, workshops, and stockrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57305222349174,"sku":"KM8000-4S","price":297.03,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/KM8000-4L__1024x768_4.png?v=1771253879"},{"product_id":"series-9000-shelving-trolley-heavy-duty-electrogalvanised-300-kg-capacity-1390-x-650-x-1025-mm","title":"Regalwagen Serie 9000 – Schwerlast-Elektroverzinkt – Tragfähigkeit 300 kg (1390 × 650 × 1025 mm)","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"268\" data-end=\"460\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"272\" data-end=\"304\"\u003eSeries 9000 Shelving Trolley\u003c\/strong\u003e is a robust and flexible transport solution designed for demanding environments such as \u003cstrong data-start=\"393\" data-end=\"457\"\u003ewarehouses, workshops, production facilities, and stockrooms\u003c\/strong\u003e.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"462\" data-end=\"738\"\u003eIts shelves are \u003cstrong data-start=\"478\" data-end=\"513\"\u003einfinitely adjustable in height\u003c\/strong\u003e, allowing you to configure the trolley to suit different storage and transport needs. Constructed from \u003cstrong data-start=\"617\" data-end=\"644\"\u003eelectrogalvanised steel\u003c\/strong\u003e with durable \u003cstrong data-start=\"658\" data-end=\"677\"\u003elaminate boards\u003c\/strong\u003e, it provides excellent strength and long-term reliability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"740\" data-end=\"943\"\u003eThe \u003cstrong data-start=\"744\" data-end=\"765\"\u003eadjustable handle\u003c\/strong\u003e ensures comfortable and ergonomic handling, while the combination of \u003cstrong data-start=\"835\" data-end=\"874\"\u003e2 fixed and 2 swivel 160 mm castors\u003c\/strong\u003e offers directional stability together with smooth manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"945\" data-end=\"1145\"\u003eWith a \u003cstrong data-start=\"952\" data-end=\"985\"\u003etotal load capacity of 300 kg\u003c\/strong\u003e, the Series 9000 is ideal for transporting heavier goods and equipment safely and efficiently. Delivered \u003cstrong data-start=\"1091\" data-end=\"1106\"\u003eunassembled\u003c\/strong\u003e for convenient shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1147\" data-end=\"1150\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1152\" data-end=\"1172\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1156\" data-end=\"1172\"\u003eKey Features\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1174\" data-end=\"1463\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1174\" data-end=\"1220\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1176\" data-end=\"1220\"\u003eRobust shelving trolley for heavy-duty use\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1221\" data-end=\"1264\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1223\" data-end=\"1264\"\u003eShelves infinitely adjustable in height\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1265\" data-end=\"1319\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1267\" data-end=\"1319\"\u003eElectrogalvanised steel frame with laminate boards\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1320\" data-end=\"1365\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1322\" data-end=\"1365\"\u003eAdjustable handle for ergonomic operation\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1366\" data-end=\"1405\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1368\" data-end=\"1405\"\u003e2 fixed + 2 swivel castors (160 mm)\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1406\" data-end=\"1437\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1408\" data-end=\"1437\"\u003eTotal load capacity: 300 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1438\" data-end=\"1463\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1440\" data-end=\"1463\"\u003eDelivered unassembled\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003chr data-start=\"1465\" data-end=\"1468\"\u003e\n\u003ch3 data-start=\"1470\" data-end=\"1502\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1474\" data-end=\"1502\"\u003eTechnical Specifications\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1504\" data-end=\"1658\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1504\" data-end=\"1544\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1506\" data-end=\"1544\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1506\" data-end=\"1521\"\u003eDimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1390 × 650 × 1025 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1545\" data-end=\"1580\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1547\" data-end=\"1580\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1547\" data-end=\"1571\"\u003eTotal Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300 kg\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1581\" data-end=\"1624\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1583\" data-end=\"1624\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1583\" data-end=\"1595\"\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 fixed + 2 swivel, 160 mm\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-start=\"1625\" data-end=\"1658\"\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1627\" data-end=\"1658\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1627\" data-end=\"1638\"\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electrogalvanised\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Series 9000 Shelving Trolley measures 1390 × 650 × 1025 mm and has a total load capacity of 300 kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is constructed with an electrogalvanised steel frame and durable laminate boards featuring infinitely height-adjustable shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility is provided by an adjustable handle and four 160 mm castors configured as two fixed and two swivel.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied unassembled by AB Handling, it is designed for use in warehouses, workshops, stockrooms, and production facilities.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the Series 9000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum total load capacity of 300 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1390 × 650 × 1025 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are infinitely adjustable in height to accommodate different cargo sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheel configuration does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160 mm castors: two fixed and two swivel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the Series 9000 Shelving Trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum total load capacity of 300 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1390 × 650 × 1025 mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelf heights be adjusted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are infinitely adjustable in height to accommodate different cargo sizes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheel configuration does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160 mm castors: two fixed and two swivel.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is delivered unassembled for convenient shipping and storage.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":57314935570806,"sku":"KM9000-2M","price":287.69,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/KMYourWorkmateKM9000-2L__1024x768_5fbf7764-184a-4a70-bddb-0ccdb05311e0.png?v=1771326556"},{"product_id":"metal-order-picking-cart-8-shelf-warehouse-trolley-150kg-load-capacity","title":"Metal Order Picking Cart – 8 Shelf Warehouse Trolley | 150kg Load Capacity","description":"\u003cp data-start=\"89\" data-end=\"507\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"89\" data-end=\"113\"\u003eProduct Description:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"113\" data-end=\"116\"\u003eThe Metal Order Picking Cart is a highly efficient and manoeuvrable solution designed to streamline order fulfilment processes in warehouses, distribution centres, e-commerce operations, and stockrooms. Built from durable steel and finished with white galvanic zinc plating, this trolley provides excellent corrosion resistance and long-lasting performance in demanding working environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"509\" data-end=\"874\"\u003eFeaturing eight storage shelves, the cart allows operators to organise and pick multiple orders simultaneously, helping to improve productivity, reduce picking errors, and increase operational efficiency. Its lightweight construction and four swivel castors provide excellent manoeuvrability, enabling easy navigation through warehouse aisles and picking locations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"876\" data-end=\"1182\"\u003eThe cart is equipped with practical storage accessories, including a hanger and two utility containers for holding barcode scanners, labels, packing materials, and other small items. Integrated bumper rollers help protect both the trolley and surrounding equipment from accidental impacts during daily use.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1184\" data-end=\"1308\"\u003eDesigned for versatility, the order picking cart can be adapted to suit a wide range of industries and warehouse operations.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1310\" data-end=\"1329\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1310\" data-end=\"1327\"\u003eKey Features:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1330\" data-end=\"1840\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"s1xkss\" data-start=\"1330\" data-end=\"1393\"\u003eDurable steel construction with white galvanic zinc coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1p1b9tw\" data-start=\"1394\" data-end=\"1455\"\u003eDesigned to improve order picking efficiency and accuracy\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1wb82hn\" data-start=\"1456\" data-end=\"1501\"\u003e8 storage shelves for multi-order picking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"mwkog9\" data-start=\"1502\" data-end=\"1534\"\u003eTotal load capacity of 150kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"cb5d4r\" data-start=\"1535\" data-end=\"1588\"\u003eFour swivel castors for excellent manoeuvrability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"egb0rx\" data-start=\"1589\" data-end=\"1634\"\u003eIncludes hanger for tools and accessories\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"ovgfmk\" data-start=\"1635\" data-end=\"1688\"\u003eTwo integrated storage containers for small items\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"17sihgn\" data-start=\"1689\" data-end=\"1740\"\u003eBumper rollers help protect goods and equipment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1kp6vdu\" data-start=\"1741\" data-end=\"1775\"\u003eLightweight and easy to handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1hs06vg\" data-start=\"1776\" data-end=\"1840\"\u003eSuitable for warehouse, logistics, and e-commerce operations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"1842\" data-end=\"1863\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"1842\" data-end=\"1861\"\u003eSpecifications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"1864\" data-end=\"2160\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1wotr9d\" data-start=\"1864\" data-end=\"1924\"\u003eExternal Dimensions: 1109mm (L) x 624mm (W) x 1153mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"p76c4r\" data-start=\"1925\" data-end=\"1957\"\u003eCoating: White Galvanic Zinc\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"18ua8oq\" data-start=\"1958\" data-end=\"1988\"\u003eTotal Load Capacity: 150kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"nz09e4\" data-start=\"1989\" data-end=\"2007\"\u003eWeight: 18.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"1t227rm\" data-start=\"2008\" data-end=\"2032\"\u003eNumber of Shelves: 8\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"127e6bv\" data-start=\"2033\" data-end=\"2092\"\u003eShelf Capacity: 37.5kg (maximum per shelf as specified)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"5dywm4\" data-start=\"2093\" data-end=\"2134\"\u003eWheel Configuration: 4 Swivel Castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"acjbbr\" data-start=\"2135\" data-end=\"2160\"\u003eWheel Diameter: 100mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2162\" data-end=\"2185\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2162\" data-end=\"2183\"\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul data-start=\"2186\" data-end=\"2325\"\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"87tcaw\" data-start=\"2186\" data-end=\"2220\"\u003eShelf 1: 411mm x 545mm x 258mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"zp21vn\" data-start=\"2221\" data-end=\"2255\"\u003eShelf 2: 411mm x 545mm x 263mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"11ma8yq\" data-start=\"2256\" data-end=\"2290\"\u003eShelf 3: 411mm x 545mm x 263mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli data-section-id=\"6cln7m\" data-start=\"2291\" data-end=\"2325\"\u003eShelf 4: 411mm x 545mm x 189mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp data-start=\"2327\" data-end=\"2565\" data-is-last-node=\"\" data-is-only-node=\"\"\u003e\u003cstrong data-start=\"2327\" data-end=\"2344\"\u003eApplications:\u003c\/strong\u003e\u003cbr data-start=\"2344\" data-end=\"2347\"\u003eIdeal for warehouses, distribution centres, e-commerce fulfilment operations, retail stockrooms, logistics facilities, and order picking environments where speed, accuracy, and efficient product handling are essential.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Metal Order Picking Cart is an 8-shelf steel warehouse trolley finished with white galvanic zinc plating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 1109mm (L) x 624mm (W) x 1153mm (H), weighs 18.5kg, and has an overall load capacity of 150kg with a maximum of 37.5kg per shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 100mm swivel castors, integrated bumper rollers, an accessory hanger, and two utility containers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is supplied by AB Handling for order fulfilment in warehouses, logistics centres, and stockrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the cart?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe cart has a total load capacity of 150kg, with a specified maximum capacity of 37.5kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the external dimensions of this order picking cart?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe external dimensions are 1109mm in length, 624mm in width, and 1153mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is manufactured from steel and finished with a white galvanic zinc coating for corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheels and accessories are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 100mm swivel castors, protective bumper rollers, a tool and accessory hanger, and two storage containers for small items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Elkom Trade","offers":[{"title":"1","offer_id":58047262065014,"sku":"29100","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"2","offer_id":58047262097782,"sku":"29101","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true},{"title":"3","offer_id":58047262130550,"sku":"29102","price":0.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/ChatGPTImageJul27_2026_04_43_46PM.png?v=1785156247"},{"product_id":"3-shelf-steel-deep-tray-trolley-250kg-capacity-1020-x-620-x-820mm","title":"3 Shelf Steel Deep Tray Trolley, 250kg Capacity, 1020 x 620 x 820mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFree Delivery Over £150* Delivery within 5 days\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe 3 Shelf Steel Deep Tray Trolley is a heavy-duty mobile handling solution designed for workshops, stockrooms, assembly lines, and industrial environments. Fabricated with a robust steel framework, each shelf features 85mm deep tray sides to safely retain parts, parcels, and tools during movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 1020D x 620W x 820H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Size: 940D x 620W mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Levels: 3 steel tray shelves at heights of 255mm, 535mm, and 820mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTray Side Height: 85mm retaining lips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad Capacity: 250kg evenly distributed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 4 x 125mm diameter rubber tyred castors (2 swivel, 2 fixed)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable all-steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59131612004726,"sku":"HTT132","price":104.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/3-shelf-steel-deep-tray-trolley-250kg-p13482-36390_medium_4fa7cb94-0ae4-408f-8a2a-e283b4eccc34.png?v=1792949569"},{"product_id":"folding-plastic-shelf-trolley-60kg-load-capacity","title":"Folding Plastic Shelf Trolley – 60kg Load Capacity","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFREE DELIVERY OVER £150*\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe folding plastic shelf trolley from AB Handling provides a lightweight, highly versatile transport solution for offices, stockrooms, retail stores, and healthcare environments. Designed for fast and effortless deployment, it collapses flat in seconds at the push of a button for compact storage and easy transport in vehicle boots.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 60kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo-tier shelf design for efficient multi-level handling\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eQuick-release push-button folding mechanism\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFolds flat for compact, space-saving storage\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-running wheels for effortless mobility across indoor surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe folding plastic shelf trolley from AB Handling features a two-tier design with a 60kg total load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is constructed from plastic and collapses flat using a quick-release push-button mechanism for compact storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-running wheels provide effortless mobility across indoor surfaces in offices, stockrooms, retail, and healthcare settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59133020373366,"sku":"PAR-0010","price":215.94,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/clax-plastic-folding-shelf-trolley-60kg-p5264-36439_medium_9f45e92c-3da5-4fec-ad2e-5c23537b92ed.png?v=1792975260"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-3-steel-shelf-distribution-trolley-500kg-capacity-1790mm-high","title":"Heavy Duty 3 Steel Shelf Distribution Trolley, 500kg Capacity, 1790mm High","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eDelivery within 5 days Free Delivery Over £150* FREE DELIVERY On orders over £150 (ex. VAT)\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis heavy duty multi-shelf distribution trolley from AB Handling is engineered for demanding warehouse, retail, and stockroom environments. Built with a robust steel frame and three sturdy steel shelves, it allows safe and efficient transport of goods with a total load capacity of up to 500kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity: 500kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3 steel shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall height: 1790mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform height: 275mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 200mm diameter rubber-tyred wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Blue powder-coated for durable surface protection\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59140761682294,"sku":"HSH215","price":848.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/heavy-duty-multi-shelf-distribution-trolley-3-steel-shelves-500kg-p13618-36403_medium_8f3ad40f-7211-4144-b8f1-4aaa7a0c2ab4.png?v=1793050011"},{"product_id":"mobile-multi-position-container-picking-trolley-300kg-capacity","title":"Mobile Multi-Position Container Picking Trolley 300kg Capacity","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFREE UK Delivery FREE DELIVERY OVER £150* Order by 2:45 pm for Next Day Delivery.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe Mobile Multi-Position Container Picking Trolley provides a flexible, heavy-duty solution for order picking, assembly operations, and stock handling. Built from robust tubular steel with a hardwearing black powder-coated finish, this trolley supports 600 x 400 mm Euro containers in multiple positions and carries up to 300kg with ease.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1260L x 420W x 910H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eContainer Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e Suitable for 600L x 400W mm containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 300kg maximum load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame:\u003c\/strong\u003e Tubular steel with a durable black powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125mm castors (2 swivel, 2 braked) for smooth mobility and safe parking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe mobile multi-position container picking trolley from AB Handling is designed for order picking, assembly operations, and stock handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstructed from tubular steel with a black powder-coated finish, it has a maximum load capacity of 300kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley measures 1260mm L x 420mm W x 910mm H and holds 600mm L x 400mm W Euro containers in multiple positions.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility is provided by 125mm castors, comprising two swivel castors and two braked castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 300kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size containers can this picking trolley hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to accommodate 600mm L x 400mm W Euro containers in multiple positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1260mm long, 420mm wide, and 910mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 125mm castors, consisting of two swivel castors and two braked castors for smooth mobility and secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley frame made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is constructed from tubular steel with a hardwearing black powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 300kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size containers can this picking trolley hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to accommodate 600mm L x 400mm W Euro containers in multiple positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1260mm long, 420mm wide, and 910mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 125mm castors, consisting of two swivel castors and two braked castors for smooth mobility and secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley frame made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is constructed from tubular steel with a hardwearing black powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 300kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size containers can this picking trolley hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to accommodate 600mm L x 400mm W Euro containers in multiple positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1260mm long, 420mm wide, and 910mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 125mm castors, consisting of two swivel castors and two braked castors for smooth mobility and secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley frame made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is constructed from tubular steel with a hardwearing black powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 300kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size containers can this picking trolley hold?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to accommodate 600mm L x 400mm W Euro containers in multiple positions.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the overall dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1260mm long, 420mm wide, and 910mm high.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 125mm castors, consisting of two swivel castors and two braked castors for smooth mobility and secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is the trolley frame made from?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe frame is constructed from tubular steel with a hardwearing black powder-coated finish.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59144048116086,"sku":"H1362","price":509.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/mobile-multi-position-container-trolley-with-4-5-or-6-containers-300kg-p13736-37837_medium_5cc1741d-29f5-4118-b18f-569148268458.png?v=1793097776"},{"product_id":"order-picking-trolley-200kg-capacity-for-600-x-400mm-euro-totes","title":"Order Picking Trolley 200kg Capacity for 600 x 400mm Euro Totes","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eOrder by 2:45pm for Next Day Delivery Free Delivery Over £150* FREE DELIVERY On orders over £150 (ex. VAT)\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eStreamline order fulfilment and stock replenishment with this heavy-duty order picking trolley from AB Handling. Designed to accommodate standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers and totes, it provides an ergonomic, high-efficiency transport solution for warehouses, distribution centres, and retail stockrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 200kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fixed middle and upper shelves support up to 50kg each\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePlatform Design:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable wood-based shelves featuring 10mm raised edges to keep totes and goods securely in place\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCompatibility:\u003c\/strong\u003e Perfectly sized for standard 600 x 400mm Euro stacking containers and tote boxes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eBraking System:\u003c\/strong\u003e EasySTOP central foot brake system for instant, reliable immobilisation\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFrame Finish:\u003c\/strong\u003e High-grade powder-coated, stove-enamelled steel construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e Smooth easy-runner castors with grey non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Order Picking Trolley supplied by AB Handling is designed to transport standard 600 x 400mm Euro containers and totes in warehouses, distribution centres, and retail stockrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features a powder-coated, stove-enamelled steel frame and durable wood-based shelves with 10mm raised edges to keep goods in place.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 200kg, with the fixed middle and upper shelves supporting up to 50kg each.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is equipped with an EasySTOP central foot brake system and smooth easy-runner castors with grey non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 200kg, with the fixed middle and upper shelves supporting up to 50kg each.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size containers fit on this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to hold standard 600 x 400mm Euro stacking containers and tote boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of brake is fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with an EasySTOP central foot brake system for reliable immobilisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a powder-coated, stove-enamelled steel frame, durable wood-based shelves with 10mm raised rims, and grey non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 200kg, with the fixed middle and upper shelves supporting up to 50kg each.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size containers fit on this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to hold standard 600 x 400mm Euro stacking containers and tote boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of brake is fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with an EasySTOP central foot brake system for reliable immobilisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a powder-coated, stove-enamelled steel frame, durable wood-based shelves with 10mm raised rims, and grey non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 200kg, with the fixed middle and upper shelves supporting up to 50kg each.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size containers fit on this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to hold standard 600 x 400mm Euro stacking containers and tote boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of brake is fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with an EasySTOP central foot brake system for reliable immobilisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a powder-coated, stove-enamelled steel frame, durable wood-based shelves with 10mm raised rims, and grey non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 200kg, with the fixed middle and upper shelves supporting up to 50kg each.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size containers fit on this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed to hold standard 600 x 400mm Euro stacking containers and tote boxes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of brake is fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with an EasySTOP central foot brake system for reliable immobilisation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a powder-coated, stove-enamelled steel frame, durable wood-based shelves with 10mm raised rims, and grey non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59145001828726,"sku":"HTT153","price":279.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/order-picking-trolley-200kg-p13874-37937_medium_ad9f4a0f-a6e2-43c2-86b8-03e317e7dbb6.png?v=1793105690"},{"product_id":"order-picking-trolley-with-clipboard-pen-tray-1000-x-700mm-240kg","title":"Order Picking Trolley with Clipboard \u0026 Pen Tray 1000 x 700mm 240kg","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty two-shelf order picking trolley is designed for stock picking, sorting, and transporting goods in warehouse, retail, logistics, and stockroom operations, supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed with a robust blue powder-coated steel frame, the trolley features two durable 12mm plywood shelves. Each deck is built with retaining lips on three sides to keep items securely contained during transit, while leaving an open side for fast and unobstructed loading. An ergonomic push handle combined with four 125mm smooth-rolling castors allows effortless mobility across warehouse floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eFor streamlined order processing, the unit is fitted with an integrated A4 clipboard and dedicated pen holder tray as standard, keeping paperwork and picking lists organised on the move.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (W x L x H): 700 x 1270 x 1265mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform Dimensions (L x W): 1000 x 700mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Heights: 290mm and 850mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle Height: 1000mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum Load Capacity: 240kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 45kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame Construction: Heavy-duty steel with blue powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDeck Material: 2 x 12mm plywood shelves with 3 retaining lips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStandard Accessories: Integrated A4 clipboard and pen holder tray\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: 4 x 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis order picking trolley features a 1000 x 700mm platform with a 240kg maximum load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is built from a blue powder-coated heavy-duty steel frame with two 12mm plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm castors, an ergonomic push handle, an integrated A4 clipboard, and a pen tray.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDesigned for warehouse, stockroom, and logistics use, the shelves are positioned at heights of 290mm and 850mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 700mm, featuring two 12mm thick plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with an integrated A4 clipboard, a pen holder tray, and an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 700mm, featuring two 12mm thick plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with an integrated A4 clipboard, a pen holder tray, and an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 700mm, featuring two 12mm thick plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with an integrated A4 clipboard, a pen holder tray, and an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions and materials?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe platform dimensions are 1000 x 700mm, featuring two 12mm thick plywood decks with retaining lips on three sides.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat accessories are included with the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt comes standard with an integrated A4 clipboard, a pen holder tray, and an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with four 125mm diameter smooth-rolling castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59145045705078,"sku":"H1472","price":489.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/order-picking-trolley-700w-x-1270l-mm-240kg-p13935-38325_medium_6b2f2191-c69e-4ebf-84b8-8104c3e35e07.png?v=1793106054"},{"product_id":"5-shelf-plastic-tray-trolley-150kg-capacity-460-x-750-x-1540mm","title":"5 Shelf Plastic Tray Trolley, 150kg Capacity, 460 x 750 x 1540mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eDelivery within 7 days Free Delivery Over £150* FREE DELIVERY On orders over £150 (ex. VAT)\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eVersatile and hard-wearing, this 5 shelf plastic tray trolley from AB Handling provides efficient multi-tier mobile storage and transport for stockrooms, workshops, healthcare, and retail environments. Constructed with durable plastic shelves and fitted with braked rubber castors for dependable stability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 460W x 750D x 1540H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Size:\u003c\/strong\u003e 424W x 630L mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eDistance Between Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 280mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 150kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 100mm dia. thermoplastic rubber castors (2 swivel, 2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59145590440310,"sku":"HTT136","price":278.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/plastic-5-shelf-tray-trolley-with-brake-150kg-p13594-36310_medium_0b31ce10-726e-4d8d-9f42-2ef798dce83f.png?v=1793112539"},{"product_id":"steel-2-shelf-trolley-with-anti-slip-shelves-120kg-capacity-725-x-470-x-950mm","title":"Steel 2 Shelf Trolley with Anti-Slip Shelves, 120kg Capacity, 725 x 470 x 950mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFree Delivery Over £150* Delivery within 5 days\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eA versatile and durable two-tier steel trolley designed for efficient order picking, stock movement, and general workshop or office handling. Featuring anti-slip shelf surfaces, it helps ensure items stay secure while in motion.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 470W x 725L x 950H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad Capacity: 120kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 durable steel tiers with anti-slip surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 100mm diameter solid rubber tyres (2 fixed, 2 swivel) for smooth manoeuvrability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIntegrated push handle for comfortable steering and control\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust all-steel frame construction\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Steel 2 Shelf Trolley is a robust all-steel handling cart supplied by AB Handling with a 120kg load capacity.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 725mm long by 470mm wide by 950mm high and features two durable steel tiers with anti-slip surfaces.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eManoeuvrability is provided by an integrated push handle and four 100mm solid rubber tyres, configured with two fixed and two swivel wheels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is designed for order picking, stock movement, and general workshop or office handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum load capacity of 120kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the two shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 725mm in length, 470mm in width, and 950mm in height.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheel configuration does the trolley use?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with 100mm diameter solid rubber tyres, consisting of two fixed wheels and two swivel wheels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelves made of?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has two durable steel tiers finished with anti-slip surfaces to keep items secure during transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59150062748022,"sku":"HSH001","price":96.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/steel-2-shelf-trolley-120kg-with-anti-slip-shelves-p13595-36315_medium_45a7feb9-6522-4f21-83cd-1c3edd67e066.png?v=1793147573"},{"product_id":"steel-mobile-longspan-shelving-trolley-3-shelf-levels-1150-w-x-2170-h-mm-400kg-udl","title":"Steel Mobile Longspan Shelving Trolley, 3 Shelf Levels, 1150 W x 2170 H mm, 400kg UDL","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003e(FREE UK Delivery) Free Delivery Over £150* Order by 2:45 pm for Next Day Delivery.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eA heavy-duty mobile longspan shelving trolley designed to combine high-capacity static storage with warehouse mobility. Built from durable steel with a blue and orange powder-coated finish, this 3-level mobile bay allows efficient stock picking, sorting, and goods transport across industrial and retail environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall height: 2170mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBay width: 1150mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMaximum bay capacity: 400kg UDL\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e3 high-density chipboard shelf levels included with beam locking pins\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLevels are height adjustable on 50mm pitches\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: 2 x 127mm braked swivel castors and 2 x 127mm fixed castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable powder-coated finish in high-visibility Blue and Orange\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe mobile longspan shelving trolley supplied by AB Handling is a heavy-duty steel bay measuring 1150mm in width and 2170mm in overall height.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt provides a maximum bay capacity of 400kg UDL across three high-density chipboard shelf levels secured with beam locking pins.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe shelf levels are height adjustable on 50mm pitches and finished in a blue and orange powder coating.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility across warehouse and industrial environments is provided by two 127mm fixed castors and two 127mm braked swivel castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of this mobile shelving trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe shelving trolley has a maximum bay load capacity of 400kg UDL.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelving unit?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley bay measures 1150mm wide and has an overall height of 2170mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the shelf levels adjustable?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 3 high-density chipboard shelf levels are height adjustable on 50mm pitches and come with beam locking pins.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with two 127mm braked swivel castors and two 127mm fixed castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59150106591606,"sku":"S650","price":504.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/steel-mobile-longspan-shelving-trolley-3-level-1150mm-wide-p13301-33997_medium_78b5bfd0-c21d-4302-b3e6-f040fbc18208.png?v=1793150098"},{"product_id":"three-sided-compact-merchandise-picking-trolley-for-600-x-400mm-containers","title":"Three Sided Compact Merchandise Picking Trolley for 600 x 400mm Containers","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis three-sided compact merchandise picking trolley is an open-front mobile cage designed for warehouse operatives, order pickers, and retail staff, supplied by AB Handling. Engineered with a narrow footprint, it enables smooth order fulfilment and stock replenishment in tight warehouse aisles and retail backrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt with three enclosed wire mesh sides, the trolley keeps items secure during transport while providing unrestricted front access for fast loading and unloading. The unit is specifically configured to hold standard 600 x 400mm attached lid containers (ALCs) and totes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfiguration: Three enclosed sides with open-front access\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContainer Compatibility: Fits standard 600 x 400mm attached lid containers (ALCs) and totes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Heavy-duty 50 x 50mm steel wire mesh\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Bright zinc-plated (BZP) for corrosion resistance and durability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUse Cases: Order picking, stock replenishment, and store distribution\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe three-sided compact merchandise picking trolley is manufactured from heavy-duty 50 x 50mm steel wire mesh with a bright zinc-plated (BZP) finish.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied by AB Handling, the trolley is designed to hold standard 600 x 400mm attached lid containers (ALCs) and totes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features three enclosed mesh sides and an open front with a narrow footprint suited for order picking in tight aisles and retail backrooms.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat container sizes fit into this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is designed to hold standard 600 x 400mm attached lid containers (ALCs) and totes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material and finish is used for the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is constructed from heavy-duty 50 x 50mm steel wire mesh with a bright zinc-plated (BZP) finish for durability and corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many sides does the trolley have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has three enclosed steel wire mesh sides and an open front for easy loading and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhere is this compact picking trolley typically used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for order picking, stock replenishment, and merchandise distribution in tight warehouse aisles and retail stockrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat container sizes fit into this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is designed to hold standard 600 x 400mm attached lid containers (ALCs) and totes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material and finish is used for the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is constructed from heavy-duty 50 x 50mm steel wire mesh with a bright zinc-plated (BZP) finish for durability and corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many sides does the trolley have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has three enclosed steel wire mesh sides and an open front for easy loading and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhere is this compact picking trolley typically used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for order picking, stock replenishment, and merchandise distribution in tight warehouse aisles and retail stockrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat container sizes fit into this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is designed to hold standard 600 x 400mm attached lid containers (ALCs) and totes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material and finish is used for the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is constructed from heavy-duty 50 x 50mm steel wire mesh with a bright zinc-plated (BZP) finish for durability and corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many sides does the trolley have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has three enclosed steel wire mesh sides and an open front for easy loading and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhere is this compact picking trolley typically used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for order picking, stock replenishment, and merchandise distribution in tight warehouse aisles and retail stockrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat container sizes fit into this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is designed to hold standard 600 x 400mm attached lid containers (ALCs) and totes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material and finish is used for the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is constructed from heavy-duty 50 x 50mm steel wire mesh with a bright zinc-plated (BZP) finish for durability and corrosion resistance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eHow many sides does the trolley have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt has three enclosed steel wire mesh sides and an open front for easy loading and access.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhere is this compact picking trolley typically used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed for order picking, stock replenishment, and merchandise distribution in tight warehouse aisles and retail stockrooms.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59150838399350,"sku":"HSH185","price":151.95,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/three-sided-compact-merchandise-picking-trolley-p12655-30378_medium_dc0a5e18-a40a-4097-92aa-011d4862092b.jpg?v=1793168329"},{"product_id":"mobile-shelf-tray-rack-trolley-with-euro-containers","title":"Steel Mobile Shelf Tray Rack Trolley with Plastic Euro Stacking Containers","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003e(FREE UK Delivery) Free Delivery Over £150* Item out of Stock Delivery within 28 days\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe AB Handling mobile shelf tray rack trolley provides an efficient, mobile storage and handling solution designed for workshops, assembly lines, stockrooms, and warehouse operations. Supplied complete with durable plastic Euro containers, this trolley keeps tools, components, and order-picking inventory organized and accessible on the move.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStrong steel frame construction designed for demanding daily industrial use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied complete with heavy-duty Euro stacking containers\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-gliding swivel castors provide effortless mobility around workstations\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal for parts picking, assembly support, tooling storage, and inventory replenishment\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe mobile shelf tray rack trolley is an industrial picking and storage trolley featuring a strong steel frame construction.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt comes supplied complete with heavy-duty plastic Euro stacking containers for organised parts and inventory storage.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-gliding swivel castors provide mobile handling suitable for parts picking, assembly support, tooling storage, and inventory replenishment across workshops, stockrooms, and warehouses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"6 - 1100mm","offer_id":59164063039862,"sku":"H099-1","price":586.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/mobile-tray-rack-with-euro-containers-p13932-38312_medium_5d75732e-c8a4-47bf-ac66-6d8df6d7bcdc.png?v=1793252921"},{"product_id":"plastic-2-shelf-trolley-100kg-capacity-460w-x-750l-x-940h-mm","title":"Plastic 2 Shelf Trolley 100kg Capacity 460W x 750L x 940H mm","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFREE DELIVERY OVER £150* Free Delivery Over £150* Order by 2:45 pm for Next Day Delivery.\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eA durable, lightweight, and versatile multi-purpose utility cart designed for effortless transport in warehouses, workshops, catering environments, and offices. Built with sturdy aluminium uprights and toughened ribbed polypropylene shelves, this trolley provides dependable everyday performance.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 460W x 750L x 940H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 560 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLoad Capacity: 100 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: Toughened ribbed polypropylene with raised perimeter retention lips\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUprights: Specially formed aluminium for strength and rigidity\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 100mm diameter all-swivel castors for smooth manoeuvrability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eErgonomically designed easy-grip handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLightweight and easy-to-clean smooth surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Weight: 10 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59165039133046,"sku":"H595","price":64.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/plastic-2-tray-shelf-trolley-100kg-460w-x-750l-x-940h-mm-p8030-9871_medium_a1fc7808-3c9e-495d-b7b1-87a0f86d37fc.jpg?v=1793256532"},{"product_id":"order-picking-trolley-with-4-steel-shelves-and-steps-330kg-capacity","title":"Order Picking Trolley with 4 Steel Shelves and Steps 330kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis industrial order picking trolley with 4 steel shelves and integrated steps is designed for warehouse, retail, and distribution environments, supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eConstructed from heavy-duty mild steel with a durable blue powder-coated finish, it allows operators to safely access upper storage levels using spring-loaded 3-tread access steps accompanied by high-level safety handrails.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 1595W x 650D x 1670H mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePlatform Dimensions: 1005W x 600D mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Load Capacity: 330kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Capacities: Top 60kg, Middle 60kg, Bottom 150kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper Shelf: Lipped retaining edge to keep items secure\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAccess Steps: Integrated 3-tread spring-loaded steps with safety handrail\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 76mm diameter nylon castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Heavy-duty mild steel with blue powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 85kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis order picking trolley is manufactured from mild steel with a blue powder-coated finish and weighs 85kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 1595W x 650D x 1670H mm overall with a platform size of 1005W x 600D mm and has a total load capacity of 330kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe unit features four steel shelves, an upper shelf retaining lip, and spring-loaded 3-tread steps with a safety handrail.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility is provided by four 76mm nylon castors configured with two fixed and two swivel wheels.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 330kg, with the top shelf rated to 60kg, middle shelf to 60kg, and bottom shelf to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1595mm wide by 650mm deep by 1670mm high, with platform dimensions of 1005mm wide by 600mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of steps are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with integrated spring-loaded 3-tread access steps featuring a high-level safety handrail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses 76mm diameter nylon castors, consisting of two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 330kg, with the top shelf rated to 60kg, middle shelf to 60kg, and bottom shelf to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1595mm wide by 650mm deep by 1670mm high, with platform dimensions of 1005mm wide by 600mm deep.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of steps are fitted to this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is fitted with integrated spring-loaded 3-tread access steps featuring a high-level safety handrail.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat wheels are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt uses 76mm diameter nylon castors, consisting of two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59201709670774,"sku":"H1428","price":1045.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/order-picking-trolley-with-4-steel-shelves-330kg-p13847-37776_medium_5b10a9d7-f4ac-4a95-ab7d-ee6a793e66b7.png?v=1793416237"},{"product_id":"order-picking-trolley-for-euro-distribution-containers","title":"Order Picking Trolley for Euro Distribution Containers, Welded Tubular Steel","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty order picking trolley for standard Euro distribution containers is supplied by AB Handling to support efficient replenishment and fulfilment operations across warehouses, stockrooms, and retail logistics facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eBuilt with a heavy-duty all-welded tubular steel frame, the trolley provides long-lasting durability in demanding industrial environments. It is engineered specifically for the secure holding and transport of Euro distribution containers and totes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eAn ergonomic push handle ensures comfortable daily operation while helping reduce operator fatigue. Fitted with smooth-running industrial castors, the trolley offers excellent manoeuvrability when navigating narrow warehouse aisles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame material: Heavy-duty all-welded tubular steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eContainer compatibility: Standard Euro distribution containers and distribution totes\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle: Ergonomic push handle for reduced operator fatigue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: Smooth-running industrial castors for narrow aisles\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIdeal environments: Warehouses, distribution hubs, stockrooms, and retail logistics\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of containers fit on this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed specifically for holding and transporting standard Euro distribution containers and distribution totes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the frame construction of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features a heavy-duty all-welded tubular steel frame built for industrial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan this trolley be used in narrow warehouse aisles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is equipped with smooth-running industrial castors engineered for manoeuvrability through narrow aisles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhere is this order picking trolley typically used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is ideal for warehouses, distribution hubs, stockrooms, and retail logistics facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat types of containers fit on this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is designed specifically for holding and transporting standard Euro distribution containers and distribution totes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the frame construction of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features a heavy-duty all-welded tubular steel frame built for industrial use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan this trolley be used in narrow warehouse aisles?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is equipped with smooth-running industrial castors engineered for manoeuvrability through narrow aisles.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhere is this order picking trolley typically used?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is ideal for warehouses, distribution hubs, stockrooms, and retail logistics facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis order picking trolley is engineered specifically for holding and transporting standard Euro distribution containers and distribution totes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features a heavy-duty all-welded tubular steel frame equipped with an ergonomic push handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-running industrial castors allow manoeuvrability through narrow aisles in warehouses, stockrooms, and logistics hubs.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is supplied by AB Handling for replenishment and order fulfilment operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59201938424182,"sku":"HCT233","price":292.0,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/order-picking-trolley-for-use-with-euro-containers-p9562-14446_medium_451bf9e8-a278-415e-bc4a-46098d1d2b84.jpg?v=1793421634"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-table-trolley-850x435mm-150-kg-load-capacity-blue-mobile-service-trolley","title":"2 Shelf Table Trolley 850x435mm – 150 kg Load Capacity, Blue Mobile Service Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile, compact two-tier service trolley designed for light-duty transport and order processing across warehouses, workshops, offices, schools, and catering environments. Features two hard-wearing laminated shelves and an insulated, plastic-sleeved push handle that ensures a comfortable, secure grip.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions (L x W x H): 850 x 435 x 950 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 720 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 510 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual shelf capacity: 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: Durable white laminate surfaces\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: Blue powder-coated steel with plastic-coated handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 100 mm swivel castors with non-marking thermo-rubber tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 15.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis two-tier mobile table trolley measures 850 x 435 x 950 mm and is constructed with a blue powder-coated steel frame and white laminate shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt provides a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with an individual shelf capacity of 50 kg and 510 mm clearance between shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility is provided by four 100 mm swivel castors fitted with non-marking thermo-rubber tyres, operated via an insulated plastic-sleeved push handle.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley has a net weight of 15.5 kg and is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly across workshops, warehouses, offices, and catering settings.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of this two-shelf table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 850 mm in length, 435 mm in width, and 950 mm in height. The upper shelf sits at a height of 720 mm, with a distance of 510 mm between the shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 50 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors does the trolley have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 100 mm swivel castors fitted with non-marking thermo-rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for easy assembly and has a net weight of 15.5 kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59213774618998,"sku":"KM3730-6","price":137.67,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_3e5522f3-60b5-44c5-868a-ea6bcbc412dd.jpg?v=1793492928"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-euro-trolley-600-x-400mm-150kg-capacity-electro-galvanised-table-trolley","title":"2 Shelf Euro Trolley 600 x 400mm – 150kg Capacity Electro-Galvanised Table Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile and compact mobile table trolley designed for workshops, warehouses, packing areas, and commercial kitchens. Sized specifically to hold standard 600 x 400 mm Euro containers and trays, each electro-galvanised steel shelf can be mounted with the edge raised to retain goods or flush-down to provide a smooth, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 690 (L) x 430 (W) x 750 (H) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 625 (L) x 414 (W) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance between shelves: 480 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 150 kg (75 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Heavy-duty electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversible shelves: Mount with lip up or down\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 100 mm swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for fast, simple assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 690 x 430 x 750 mm (L x W x H) and has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with a maximum load of 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan standard Euro containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them ideally sized to accommodate standard 600 x 400 mm Euro stacking boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with or without edges?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing up to keep items secure during transport, or facing down for a flush tabletop surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is engineered for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 690 x 430 x 750 mm (L x W x H) and has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with a maximum load of 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan standard Euro containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them ideally sized to accommodate standard 600 x 400 mm Euro stacking boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with or without edges?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing up to keep items secure during transport, or facing down for a flush tabletop surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is engineered for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 690 x 430 x 750 mm (L x W x H) and has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with a maximum load of 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan standard Euro containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them ideally sized to accommodate standard 600 x 400 mm Euro stacking boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with or without edges?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing up to keep items secure during transport, or facing down for a flush tabletop surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is engineered for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and capacity of this table trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley measures 690 x 430 x 750 mm (L x W x H) and has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, with a maximum load of 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan standard Euro containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them ideally sized to accommodate standard 600 x 400 mm Euro stacking boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with or without edges?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing up to keep items secure during transport, or facing down for a flush tabletop surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is engineered for quick, straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59213839335798,"sku":"KM4100-EB","price":140.34,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_89ef4e79-151b-451c-adf1-69953b3e5340.jpg?v=1793493651"},{"product_id":"2-shelf-trolley-150kg-capacity-electro-galvanised-table-trolley-690-x-430-x-750mm","title":"2 Shelf Trolley 150kg Capacity – Electro Galvanised Table Trolley (690 x 430 x 750mm)","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile, heavy-duty 2 shelf trolley designed for smooth transportation in warehouses, workshops, catering environments, and offices. Sized perfectly to fit standard 600 x 400 mm Euro containers, the two sturdy shelves can be installed with the lip facing upwards to retain contents or downwards for a completely flat loading surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 690 x 430 x 750 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 625 x 414 mm (compatible with 600 x 400 mm trays and boxes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf: 740 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance Between Shelves: 480 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Load Capacity: 150 kg static load (75 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Durable electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWheels: 4 x 100 mm swivel castors for smooth, multi-directional manoeuvrability\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 14 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of 150 kg, evenly distributed at 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted upside down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be assembled either with the edge lip facing up to contain items or facing down for a flush, flat work surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWill standard Euro stacking containers fit on the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves measure 625 x 414 mm, making them an ideal fit for standard 600 x 400 mm Euro boxes and trays.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley come assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and is quick and straightforward to assemble.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59213841170806,"sku":"KM4100-E","price":130.55,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_b959872a-d5fc-457a-b579-8c975ee5ce12.jpg?v=1793493657"},{"product_id":"2-tier-white-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-1080mm-x-480mm","title":"2 Tier White Shelf Trolley 250kg Capacity 1080mm x 480mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis two-tier white shelf trolley is designed for workshops, warehouses, offices, and catering facilities, supplied by AB Handling for secure and versatile stock movement. Finished in a durable white powder coating, it offers reliable everyday handling for a wide range of commercial environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp\u003eThe unit features reversible shelves that can be installed with a 24mm retaining lip facing upward to keep loose items contained, or fitted flush flat to allow seamless sliding of boxes and containers. It is fitted with four 125mm non-marking thermo-rubber swivel castors, two of which include brakes for secure positioning when loading and unloading.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1080mm (L) x 480mm (W) x 940mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf platform size: 900mm (L) x 440mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic load capacity: 250kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 760mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance between shelves: 530mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eReversible shelves with 24mm rim (can be fitted lip up or lip down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo-rubber swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 21.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 2 Tier White Shelf Trolley is a heavy-duty transport trolley with a durable white powder-coated finish, supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 1080mm (L) x 480mm (W) x 940mm (H) with 900mm x 440mm shelf platforms and supports a static load capacity of 250kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe unit features reversible shelves with a 24mm lip and four 125mm non-marking thermo-rubber swivel castors, including two with brakes.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is built for internal transport across warehouses, workshops, offices, and catering environments.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be mounted flat?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the shelves are reversible and can be installed with the 24mm retaining lip facing up to keep items contained, or facing down for a flush, flat platform.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a static load capacity of up to 250kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eAre the castors suitable for smooth indoor floors?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the trolley features 125mm thermo-rubber castors that are non-marking and smooth-rolling, with two braked castors for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThis trolley is supplied flat-packed for efficient shipping and features straightforward bolt-together assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59213882884470,"sku":"KM4105B","price":208.25,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_cf16d4c1-e58c-4d66-8438-15bbf9df6e52.jpg?v=1793494021"},{"product_id":"blue-3-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-reversible-shelves-125mm-braked-castors","title":"Blue 3 Shelf Trolley – 250kg Capacity, Reversible Shelves \u0026 125mm Braked Castors","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe AB Handling Blue 3 Shelf Trolley is a robust, versatile mobile handling solution engineered for workshops, warehouses, stockrooms, and retail settings. Constructed from durable sheet steel, this tall multi-tier trolley features three versatile shelves that can be mounted with lips up to retain loose items or lips down for a completely flush loading surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eEquipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors—two with integrated brakes—it provides effortless, quiet manoeuvrability and reliable positioning across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 900mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpper Shelf Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Static Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 80kg evenly distributed per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 sheet metal shelves (mountable lip up or lip down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eWheel Diameter:\u003c\/strong\u003e 125mm thermo rubber, non-marking\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastor Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003ePrimary Colour:\u003c\/strong\u003e Blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 37.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFormat:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215258190198,"sku":"KM4123-BB","price":265.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_0cfc133d-867f-4b39-a9af-194dca7693a4.jpg?v=1793514292"},{"product_id":"blue-3-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-980-x-585-x-1445mm","title":"Blue 3 Shelf Trolley – 250kg Capacity, 980 x 585 x 1445mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile, heavy-duty 3-tier shelf trolley constructed from durable sheet metal, designed for efficient order picking, stock replenishment, and general goods transit across warehouses, workshops, and commercial environments. The three spacious shelves can be assembled with lip edges facing up to secure loose items or facing down for easy slide-on loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 900mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 250kg (80kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfiguration: 3 reversible sheet metal shelves (lip up or down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable powder-coated blue finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 37.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215258222966,"sku":"KM4123-B","price":255.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_e37164c6-b384-41d2-83e2-ad6e4a3415f4.jpg?v=1793514292"},{"product_id":"3-shelf-trolley-250kg-capacity-980-x-585-x-1445mm-galvanised-finish","title":"3 Shelf Trolley 250kg Capacity – 980 x 585 x 1445mm Galvanised Finish","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty 3 shelf trolley provides versatile stock transport and storage for workshops, warehouses, retail, and commercial facilities, supplied by AB Handling. Constructed with a durable electro-galvanised sheet metal finish, it delivers resilient handling performance across demanding working environments.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for flexibility, each shelf is reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing upwards to prevent items sliding off, or downwards to provide a flush surface. Mobility is provided by four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors for smooth, controlled transit without scuffing floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is supplied flat-packed for straightforward on-site assembly and supports a static weight capacity of up to 250kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf size: 900mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual shelf capacity: 80 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Electro-galvanised sheet metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfiguration: 3 reversible shelves (lip up or lip down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFormat: Supplied flat-packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eWeight: Net 37.5 kg, gross 39 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 3 shelf trolley from AB Handling is an electro-galvanised sheet metal handling cart designed for workshops, warehouses, retail, and commercial operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H) with usable shelf dimensions of 900mm (L) x 540mm (W) and an upper shelf height of 1340mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley has a total static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the three reversible shelves supporting up to 80kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors and is supplied flat-packed at a net weight of 37.5kg.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215283552630,"sku":"KM4123-E","price":255.9,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_cbb2cb23-27bc-4293-88d3-c4a4de8cc90e.jpg?v=1793514647"},{"product_id":"3-shelf-light-trolley-250kg-capacity-980-x-585-x-1445mm-galvanised","title":"3 Shelf Light Trolley – 250kg Capacity, 980 x 585 x 1445mm – Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003eConstructed from durable sheet metal with an electro-galvanised finish, this versatile 3 shelf light trolley is designed for smooth, reliable material handling across warehouses, workshops, schools, and retail environments. Featuring three spacious 900 x 540mm shelves that can be mounted with lips facing up or down depending on your transport needs, it offers exceptional flexibility for moving boxes, components, or stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 980 x 585 x 1445mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 900 x 540mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper Shelf Height: 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Load Capacity: 250kg (80kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Electro-galvanised sheet steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 3 reversible shelves (mount with rim up or down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 125mm non-marking thermo-rubber castors (4 swivel, 2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 37.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215283618166,"sku":"KM4123-EB","price":265.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_d95dd73c-267d-4a1e-8a0c-29cc142ad035.jpg?v=1793514648"},{"product_id":"white-3-shelf-trolley-with-reversible-trays-980x585x1445mm-250kg-capacity","title":"White 3 Shelf Trolley with Reversible Trays - 980x585x1445mm - 250kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eVersatile tall 3 shelf trolley constructed from robust sheet metal, designed for smooth handling across workshops, warehouses, stockrooms, and offices. The shelves can be mounted lip up to prevent items sliding off during transit or flush edge down for easy loading and unloading. Fitted with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, including two with brakes, this trolley provides effortless manoeuvrability and secure stationary loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 900mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper Shelf Height: 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 3 reversible sheet steel shelves (edge up or flush)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Static Load Capacity: 250kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Load Capacity: 80kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003ePrimary Colour: White powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 37.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215299477878,"sku":"KM4123B","price":265.68,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_f1533617-5c05-4c1a-9b60-6e8e14ea93dc.jpg?v=1793515001"},{"product_id":"blue-5-shelf-trolley-980-x-585-x-1445mm-250kg-load-capacity","title":"Blue 5 Shelf Trolley – 980 x 585 x 1445mm – 250kg Load Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eVersatile tall sheet metal shelf trolley finished in durable blue powder coating, designed for efficient stock replenishment, order picking, and internal transport across warehouses, workshops, retail stockrooms, and commercial facilities. Features five versatile shelves that can be mounted with edges facing upwards to retain loose goods or flush downwards for smooth loading and unloading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 980 x 585 x 1445 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions (L x W):\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 x 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1340 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 kg static load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 50 kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 5 (sheet metal, reversible edge up or down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 125 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 57.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Supplied flat packed for simple assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum total static load of 250kg, with each of the five shelves holding up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with edges facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing upwards to secure loose items or downwards for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, offering smooth, quiet rolling across smooth floors without leaving tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat packed in a single carton for convenient transit and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum total static load of 250kg, with each of the five shelves holding up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with edges facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing upwards to secure loose items or downwards for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, offering smooth, quiet rolling across smooth floors without leaving tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat packed in a single carton for convenient transit and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum total static load of 250kg, with each of the five shelves holding up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with edges facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing upwards to secure loose items or downwards for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, offering smooth, quiet rolling across smooth floors without leaving tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat packed in a single carton for convenient transit and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the load capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum total static load of 250kg, with each of the five shelves holding up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with edges facing up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves are reversible and can be assembled with the retaining lip facing upwards to secure loose items or downwards for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt features four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, offering smooth, quiet rolling across smooth floors without leaving tracks.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat packed in a single carton for convenient transit and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215675359606,"sku":"KM4124-B","price":354.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_b7822284-4e39-46ec-abf8-8a9237530346.jpg?v=1793520405"},{"product_id":"5-shelf-trolley-980-x-585mm-250kg-capacity-white-steel-shelf-trolley","title":"5 Shelf Trolley 980 x 585mm - 250kg Capacity White Steel Shelf Trolley","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile, heavy-duty 5 shelf trolley from AB Handling designed for efficient stock replenishment, order picking, and multi-tier transport across warehouses, workshops, retail stores, and offices. Fabricated from durable sheet steel with a clean white powder-coated finish, this multi-shelf unit features reversible shelves that can be mounted flush or with raised lip edges to retain goods during transit. Fitted with four smooth-running 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two with integrated parking brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 900mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper Shelf Height: 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Static Load Capacity: 250kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCapacity per Shelf: 50kg (UDL)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 5 (reversible lip up\/down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm thermo rubber non-marking swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Sheet metal steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eColour: White\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 57.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated to hold up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either flat (edge down) or with a raised lip (edge up) to keep items from sliding off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres, two of which include foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for compact shipping and straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated to hold up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either flat (edge down) or with a raised lip (edge up) to keep items from sliding off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres, two of which include foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for compact shipping and straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated to hold up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either flat (edge down) or with a raised lip (edge up) to keep items from sliding off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres, two of which include foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for compact shipping and straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated to hold up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either flat (edge down) or with a raised lip (edge up) to keep items from sliding off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres, two of which include foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for compact shipping and straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated to hold up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either flat (edge down) or with a raised lip (edge up) to keep items from sliding off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres, two of which include foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for compact shipping and straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this 5 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated to hold up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either flat (edge down) or with a raised lip (edge up) to keep items from sliding off.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres, two of which include foot brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley is supplied flat-packed for compact shipping and straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215675392374,"sku":"KM4124B","price":363.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_1f97a469-d7ec-4f41-a857-595cb8105ae6.jpg?v=1793520405"},{"product_id":"order-picking-trolley-with-2-and-a-half-steel-shelves-240kg","title":"Order Picking Trolley with 2 and a Half Steel Shelves 240kg","description":"\u003cdiv class=\"ab-delivery-facts\" style=\"display:inline-block;box-sizing:border-box;max-width:100%;background:#16a34a;color:#ffffff;border-radius:999px;padding:6px 14px;margin:0 0 12px;font-size:12px;line-height:1.5;font-weight:600;white-space:normal;overflow-wrap:anywhere\"\u003eFREE DELIVERY OVER £150*\u003c\/div\u003e\u003cp\u003eDesigned for fast and efficient stock selection in busy warehouse, retail, and fulfilment operations, this heavy-duty order picking trolley features sturdy steel construction and multi-level shelving for organised sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 240kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConfiguration: 2 full steel shelves plus an upper half shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eRobust tubular steel frame designed for rigorous industrial environments\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSmooth-running castors provide effortless manoeuvrability across smooth floors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOptimised shelf layout allows clear visibility and easy access to picked goods\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThis order picking trolley is constructed with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt features a total load capacity of 240kg configured across two full shelves and one upper half shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is equipped with smooth-running castors designed for movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is built for stock selection and sorting in warehouse, retail, and fulfilment operations.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum load capacity of this picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total load capacity of 240kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the shelf layout on this order picking trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is configured with two full steel shelves and one upper half shelf for multi-level sorting.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat material is used to construct the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is built with a robust tubular steel frame and sturdy steel shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat floor types are the castors designed for?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe smooth-running castors are designed for effortless movement across smooth floors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Parrs","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215676080502,"sku":"PAR-0059","price":622.08,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/order-picking-trolley-with-2-and-a-half-steel-shelves-240kg-p13845-37696_medium_ad1bf205-e576-485a-81ed-0e1d7a6a4daa.png?v=1793520416"},{"product_id":"5-shelf-trolley-with-reversible-trays-980x585mm-250kg-load-blue","title":"5 Shelf Trolley with Reversible Trays - 980x585mm - 250kg Load - Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile and durable 5-tier light shelf trolley designed for smooth stock handling, order picking, and internal transport across warehouses, workshops, offices, and retail environments. Robust sheet metal shelves can be mounted either flat or with a raised lip to retain loose items securely during movement.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 900mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 250kg (50kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves can be mounted edge-up or edge-down to suit your application\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted with 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable powder-coated blue finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit weight: 57.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be reversed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each sheet metal shelf can be mounted with the retaining lip facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted on the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, including two with foot-operated brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in protective packaging for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be reversed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each sheet metal shelf can be mounted with the retaining lip facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted on the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, including two with foot-operated brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in protective packaging for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be reversed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each sheet metal shelf can be mounted with the retaining lip facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted on the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, including two with foot-operated brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in protective packaging for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be reversed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each sheet metal shelf can be mounted with the retaining lip facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted on the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, including two with foot-operated brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in protective packaging for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be reversed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each sheet metal shelf can be mounted with the retaining lip facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted on the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, including two with foot-operated brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in protective packaging for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be reversed?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each sheet metal shelf can be mounted with the retaining lip facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flush, flat working surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted on the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, including two with foot-operated brakes for secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs the trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in protective packaging for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215694659958,"sku":"KM4124-BB","price":363.85,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_651cc298-0129-47a5-860c-19b355b29fb5.jpg?v=1793520770"},{"product_id":"5-shelf-galvanised-trolley-980-x-585-x-1445mm-250kg-capacity","title":"5 Shelf Galvanised Trolley - 980 x 585 x 1445mm - 250kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThe 5 Shelf Galvanised Trolley from AB Handling provides a robust, multi-tier transport and storage solution for warehouses, workshops, stockrooms, and commercial environments. Manufactured from durable sheet steel with an electro-galvanised finish, it features five versatile shelves that can be mounted with the lip positioned up to retain goods or down for a flat surface. Fitted with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, it delivers smooth and quiet handling across demanding floor surfaces.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 900mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic Load Capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual Shelf Capacity: 50 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 5 reversible steel shelves (lip up or lip down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper Shelf Height: 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm thermo rubber, non-marking swivel wheels\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Electro-galvanised\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 57.5 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 250kg, with each of the five shelves carrying up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each of the five shelves can be mounted either lip-up to keep items contained during transit or lip-down for a flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres for smooth and quiet transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in a single protective box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 250kg, with each of the five shelves carrying up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each of the five shelves can be mounted either lip-up to keep items contained during transit or lip-down for a flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres for smooth and quiet transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in a single protective box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 250kg, with each of the five shelves carrying up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each of the five shelves can be mounted either lip-up to keep items contained during transit or lip-down for a flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres for smooth and quiet transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in a single protective box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 250kg, with each of the five shelves carrying up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each of the five shelves can be mounted either lip-up to keep items contained during transit or lip-down for a flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres for smooth and quiet transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in a single protective box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 250kg, with each of the five shelves carrying up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each of the five shelves can be mounted either lip-up to keep items contained during transit or lip-down for a flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres for smooth and quiet transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in a single protective box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 250kg, with each of the five shelves carrying up to 50kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, each of the five shelves can be mounted either lip-up to keep items contained during transit or lip-down for a flush working top.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermo rubber tyres for smooth and quiet transit.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is supplied flat-packed in a single protective box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215694791030,"sku":"KM4124-E","price":354.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_18bebe8c-12d2-4bbf-9924-70dda4491bc2.jpg?v=1793520774"},{"product_id":"white-5-shelf-trolley-980-x-585-x-1445mm-250kg-capacity","title":"White 5 Shelf Trolley – 980 x 585 x 1445mm – 250kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty 5 shelf trolley from AB Handling is designed for efficient organisation and transport across workshops, warehouses, stockrooms, and commercial environments. Featuring durable sheet metal construction finished in clean white, each shelf can be fitted with the lip facing upward to secure goods or downward for flat loading and unloading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 900mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 250kg (50kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e5 versatile sheet metal shelves (mountable lip up or down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable powder-coated white finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit weight: 57.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total distributed capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated up to 50kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip up to retain items during transit or lip down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors for smooth, quiet manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single protective box for quick and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total distributed capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated up to 50kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip up to retain items during transit or lip down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors for smooth, quiet manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single protective box for quick and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total distributed capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated up to 50kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip up to retain items during transit or lip down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors for smooth, quiet manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single protective box for quick and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total distributed capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated up to 50kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip up to retain items during transit or lip down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors for smooth, quiet manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single protective box for quick and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total distributed capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated up to 50kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip up to retain items during transit or lip down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors for smooth, quiet manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single protective box for quick and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total distributed capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated up to 50kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip up to retain items during transit or lip down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors for smooth, quiet manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single protective box for quick and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total distributed capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated up to 50kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip up to retain items during transit or lip down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors for smooth, quiet manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single protective box for quick and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total distributed capacity of 250kg, with each of the 5 shelves rated up to 50kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip up to retain items during transit or lip down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley is equipped with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors for smooth, quiet manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a single protective box for quick and simple on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215721693558,"sku":"KM4124","price":354.09,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_b4211472-13a1-4913-967f-ce80b0f838c0.jpg?v=1793521132"},{"product_id":"4-shelf-trolley-with-125mm-castors-250kg-capacity-980-x-585-x-1445mm","title":"4 Shelf Trolley with 125mm Castors - 250kg Capacity - 980 x 585 x 1445mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile, tall 4-shelf sheet metal trolley from AB Handling, engineered for smooth transport and organised storage across warehouses, workshops, retail stockrooms, and commercial kitchens. The four sturdy sheet steel shelves can be mounted either with the edge facing upwards to keep items contained or flat-edged down for easy slide-on loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 980 (L) x 585 (W) x 1445 (H) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 900 x 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 1340 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 250 kg (60 kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of shelves: 4 reversible sheet metal shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Durable white powder coating\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eMobility: 4 x 125 mm unbraked swivel castors with non-marking thermo rubber tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 43 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall load capacity of 250 kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60 kg evenly distributed.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be configured with edges up or down?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the 4 sheet metal shelves can be mounted either lip-up to retain cargo or lip-down for flush loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with four 125 mm swivel castors with unbraked, non-marking thermo rubber tyres for quiet and smooth mobility.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat-packed in a compact box for straightforward assembly on site.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215746138486,"sku":"KM4125","price":308.71,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_20a7d0da-cb3f-4ccb-90fd-de4b957e6ce0.jpg?v=1793521494"},{"product_id":"4-shelf-steel-trolley-980x585x1445mm-250kg-capacity-white","title":"4 Shelf Steel Trolley 980x585x1445mm - 250kg Capacity - White","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile, heavy-duty 4-shelf trolley manufactured from durable sheet metal, designed for smooth internal transport in warehouses, retail, workshops, schools, and offices. The four spacious shelves can be mounted with the lip facing upwards to retain contents or downwards for a flush working surface. Fitted with four 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors, two with brakes, for excellent mobility and secure positioning.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 980mm (L) x 585mm (W) x 1445mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 900mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 1340mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 250kg (60kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of shelves: 4 (reversible rim up\/down)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: White powder-coated sheet metal\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat packed for straightforward assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet weight: 43kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted or mounted with a rim?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted with the edges facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 900mm in length by 540mm in width, with the top shelf positioned at a height of 1340mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is equipped with four 125mm non-marking swivel castors, two of which are fitted with brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted or mounted with a rim?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted with the edges facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 900mm in length by 540mm in width, with the top shelf positioned at a height of 1340mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is equipped with four 125mm non-marking swivel castors, two of which are fitted with brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted or mounted with a rim?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted with the edges facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 900mm in length by 540mm in width, with the top shelf positioned at a height of 1340mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is equipped with four 125mm non-marking swivel castors, two of which are fitted with brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted or mounted with a rim?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted with the edges facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 900mm in length by 540mm in width, with the top shelf positioned at a height of 1340mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is equipped with four 125mm non-marking swivel castors, two of which are fitted with brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted or mounted with a rim?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted with the edges facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 900mm in length by 540mm in width, with the top shelf positioned at a height of 1340mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is equipped with four 125mm non-marking swivel castors, two of which are fitted with brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each individual shelf supporting up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be adjusted or mounted with a rim?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be mounted with the edges facing up to stop items sliding off, or facing down for a flat surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the shelf dimensions?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 900mm in length by 540mm in width, with the top shelf positioned at a height of 1340mm.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley come with brakes?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, it is equipped with four 125mm non-marking swivel castors, two of which are fitted with brakes.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215746204022,"sku":"KM4125B","price":318.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_05ca4b84-3d91-4efb-80f6-d838df6b20a4.jpg?v=1793521494"},{"product_id":"4-shelf-trolley-900x540mm-shelves-250kg-capacity-electro-galvanised","title":"4 Shelf Trolley 900x540mm Shelves - 250kg Capacity - Electro Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis versatile 4 shelf trolley from AB Handling is constructed from robust sheet metal with an electro galvanised finish, designed for reliable transport and multi-tier storage across workshops, warehouses, stockrooms, and retail environments. Each shelf can be mounted with the lip facing upwards to retain contents or downwards for easy slide-on loading.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H): 980 x 585 x 1445 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 900 x 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf: 1340 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Static Load Capacity: 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Load Capacity: 60 kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 125 mm non-marking thermo rubber swivel castors (2 braked)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Electro galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eSupplied flat packed for easy assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 43 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the 4 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 4 shelves rated for up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be assembled with the edge facing upwards to keep items secure during transit, or downwards for a flush surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber non-marking swivel castors, two with integrated brakes for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat packed with full instructions for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the 4 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 4 shelves rated for up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be assembled with the edge facing upwards to keep items secure during transit, or downwards for a flush surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber non-marking swivel castors, two with integrated brakes for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat packed with full instructions for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the 4 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 4 shelves rated for up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be assembled with the edge facing upwards to keep items secure during transit, or downwards for a flush surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber non-marking swivel castors, two with integrated brakes for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat packed with full instructions for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the 4 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 4 shelves rated for up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be assembled with the edge facing upwards to keep items secure during transit, or downwards for a flush surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber non-marking swivel castors, two with integrated brakes for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat packed with full instructions for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the 4 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 4 shelves rated for up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be assembled with the edge facing upwards to keep items secure during transit, or downwards for a flush surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber non-marking swivel castors, two with integrated brakes for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat packed with full instructions for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total weight capacity of the 4 shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has an overall static load capacity of 250kg, with each of the 4 shelves rated for up to 60kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eCan the shelves be fitted with a lip?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eYes, the sheet metal shelves can be assembled with the edge facing upwards to keep items secure during transit, or downwards for a flush surface.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of wheels are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 125mm thermo rubber non-marking swivel castors, two with integrated brakes for secure parking.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley supplied assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is delivered flat packed with full instructions for quick and simple self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215796371830,"sku":"KM4125-EB","price":318.49,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_ad8eb409-d886-4920-ace5-8e8d6346ec95.jpg?v=1793522197"},{"product_id":"4-shelf-trolley-with-reversible-shelves-980x585x1445mm-250kg-capacity","title":"4 Shelf Trolley with Reversible Shelves – 980x585x1445mm – 250kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eA versatile and durable 4-tier steel shelf trolley designed for smooth stock handling, order picking, and internal transport across warehouses, workshops, retail spaces, and commercial premises. Featuring an electro-galvanised sheet metal construction, the four shelves can be mounted flat with edges facing down or as shallow trays with rim edges facing up to securely retain goods during transit. Equipped with four 125mm non-marking swivel castors, this mobile shelving unit offers effortless steering and quiet running even when carrying heavy loads.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions (L x W x H):\u003c\/strong\u003e 980 x 585 x 1445 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions (L x W):\u003c\/strong\u003e 900 x 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1340 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eTotal Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 250 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eIndividual Shelf Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 60 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Shelves:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 (reversible flush or tray orientation)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 4 x 125 mm diameter swivel castors, non-marking thermo-rubber tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNet Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 43 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59215797059958,"sku":"KM4125-E","price":308.71,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_e317b49a-8a5c-4b86-8f06-dbd20870c7e6.jpg?v=1793522203"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-2-shelf-trolley-fully-welded-steel-1080-x-450mm-400kg-capacity","title":"Heavy Duty 2 Shelf Trolley, Fully Welded Steel, 1080 x 450mm, 400kg Capacity","description":"\u003cp\u003eA robust, fully welded steel shelf trolley from AB Handling designed for demanding workshop, warehouse, and industrial environments. Featuring two heavy-duty sheet metal shelves with raised retaining rims, this trolley provides safe and dependable transport for tools, components, and heavy stock.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1080mm (L) x 450mm (W) x 1000mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf platform dimensions: 940mm (L) x 440mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDistance between shelves: 540mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 400kg (150kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Fully welded sheet steel with a durable blue powder-coated finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: 2 tiers with raised edge rims to prevent items sliding off\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 160mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTare weight: 23.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59216095838582,"sku":"KM4133-BB","price":255.5,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_9fc07821-fd0e-4b35-be3f-1883f66b625c.jpg?v=1793525817"},{"product_id":"heavy-duty-3-shelf-trolley-800kg-capacity-electro-galvanised-1200-x-800-x-1900-mm","title":"Heavy Duty 3 Shelf Trolley, 800kg Capacity, Electro-Galvanised, 1200 x 800 x 1900 mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy duty 3 shelf trolley is engineered for demanding industrial, logistics, and workshop environments, supplied by AB Handling. Designed for multi-level storage and transport of heavy goods and components, it features a rigid electro-galvanised steel frame and hardwearing black MDF shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe unit is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber tyres in a configuration of two fixed and two swivel castors, offering controlled movement across work areas. It provides an 800 kg static load capacity and comes flat-packed for straightforward on-site assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 1200 mm (L) x 800 mm (W) x 1900 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Dimensions: 1105 mm (L) x 742 mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 3\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eStatic Load Capacity: 800 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Load Capacity: 100 kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame Material: Electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Material: Black MDF\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 200 mm solid rubber tyres (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNet Weight: 85 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly: Supplied flat-packed\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe Heavy Duty 3 Shelf Trolley is an industrial mobile transport unit supplied by AB Handling.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 1200 mm long, 800 mm wide, and 1900 mm high, featuring shelf dimensions of 1105 mm by 742 mm.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eBuilt with an electro-galvanised steel frame and black MDF shelves, it supports an 800 kg static load capacity and 100 kg per shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe trolley is equipped with 200 mm solid rubber wheels consisting of two fixed and two swivel castors.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the weight capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a maximum static load capacity of 800 kg, with an individual shelf capacity of 100 kg per shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the trolley and shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 1200 mm (L) x 800 mm (W) x 1900 mm (H), and each shelf measures 1105 mm (L) x 742 mm (W).\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat materials are used in its construction?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is constructed with an electro-galvanised steel frame and hardwearing black MDF shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castor configuration does the trolley have?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with 200 mm solid rubber tyres featuring two fixed castors and two swivel castors.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eIs this trolley delivered assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for straightforward assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59218314363254,"sku":"KM140-3","price":642.28,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}]},{"product_id":"2-shelf-table-trolley-850x435mm-150-kg-load-capacity-beech-shelves","title":"2 Shelf Table Trolley 850x435mm – 150 kg Load Capacity, Beech Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis 2 shelf table trolley is a versatile mobile storage and transport unit designed for offices, workshops, light warehousing, and service environments, supplied by AB Handling. Built with an electro-galvanised steel frame and beech laminate shelves, it delivers a durable and clean platform for everyday utility use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley features an ergonomic plastic-sheathed push handle for a secure and comfortable grip. Mobility is provided by four 100 mm swivel castors fitted with non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres, ensuring smooth transit across commercial flooring.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 850 (L) x 435 (W) x 950 (H) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 760 (L) x 430 (W) mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal load capacity: 150 kg static load\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf load capacity: 75 kg per shelf\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eLower shelf height: 180 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper shelf height: 720 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance between shelves: 510 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFrame: Electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelves: Beech laminate finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHandle: Ergonomic plastic-sheathed push handle\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 4 x 100 mm swivel castors with non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit weight: 12.8 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eAssembly: Supplied flat-packed for self-assembly\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-key-facts\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eKey facts\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe 2 shelf table trolley from AB Handling is an electro-galvanised steel cart fitted with beech laminate shelves.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt measures 850 mm long, 435 mm wide, and 950 mm high, with shelf dimensions of 760 x 430 mm and a 510 mm clearance between tiers.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eThe unit supports a total static load capacity of 150 kg, distributed as 75 kg per shelf.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIt is equipped with four 100 mm swivel castors featuring non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres and an ergonomic plastic-sheathed handle for manual handling in offices, workshops, and light warehouses.\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, supporting up to 75 kg on each shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and shelf clearance of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 850 (L) x 435 (W) x 950 (H) mm, with individual shelf dimensions of 760 (L) x 430 (W) mm and a clearance of 510 mm between shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 100 mm swivel castors with non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley has a total static load capacity of 150 kg, supporting up to 75 kg on each shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions and shelf clearance of the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe overall dimensions are 850 (L) x 435 (W) x 950 (H) mm, with individual shelf dimensions of 760 (L) x 430 (W) mm and a clearance of 510 mm between shelves.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat type of castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with four 100 mm swivel castors with non-marking thermoplastic rubber tyres.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes the trolley arrive assembled?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is supplied flat-packed for straightforward self-assembly.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59219410780534,"sku":"KM1720-BO","price":120.39,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_4f979e05-453b-43cb-a2f1-481974a63e6c.jpg?v=1793543817"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-3-tier-shelf-trolley-1070-x-550mm-400kg-capacity-blue","title":"Fully Welded 3-Tier Shelf Trolley, 1070 x 550mm, 400kg Capacity - Blue","description":"\u003cp\u003eA robust, fully welded 3-level steel shelf trolley engineered for demanding material handling tasks across workshops, stockrooms, and industrial warehouses. Fitted with flat sheet metal shelves without raised edges, this heavy-duty trolley ensures smooth slide-on, slide-off loading and unloading of heavy items.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall Dimensions: 1070mm (L) x 550mm (W) x 975mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUpper Shelf Height: 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal Load Capacity: 400kg (Static)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf Capacity: 150kg per level\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eNumber of Shelves: 3 flat sheet metal decks\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eCastors: 160mm solid rubber wheels (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eConstruction: Durable fully welded steel frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFinish: Powder-coated blue\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eUnit Weight: 32.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59230393401718,"sku":"KM4169-B","price":308.82,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_8a8cf1a9-fce6-4a93-9548-4224abfeff8f.jpg?v=1793639686"},{"product_id":"3-tier-fully-welded-heavy-duty-shelf-trolley-1070-x-550mm-400kg-capacity-electro-galvanised","title":"3-Tier Fully Welded Heavy Duty Shelf Trolley, 1070 x 550mm, 400kg Capacity, Electro-Galvanised","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty 3-tier shelf trolley from AB Handling features a fully welded steel construction designed for moving heavy goods across warehouses, workshops, and industrial environments. Fitted with three flush sheet-metal shelves without rims for quick and unobstructed loading and unloading, it provides a stable 400kg static load capacity.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1070mm (L) x 550mm (W) x 975mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eHeight to Upper Shelf:\u003c\/strong\u003e 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eLoad Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400kg static capacity (150kg per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eNumber of Levels:\u003c\/strong\u003e 3 flush sheet-metal shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Durable electro-galvanised steel\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel with brakes)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 32.5kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eAssembly:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully welded, ready for use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59230552523126,"sku":"KM4169-EB","price":318.89,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_c5bd222d-4808-41a5-9907-aacf8a40a333.jpg?v=1793641494"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-tier-shelf-trolley-400kg-capacity-electro-galvanised-940-x-540mm-shelves","title":"Fully Welded 2 Tier Shelf Trolley, 400kg Capacity, Electro-Galvanised, 940 x 540mm Shelves","description":"\u003cp\u003eThis heavy-duty fully welded 2-level shelf trolley is manufactured from robust sheet metal with an electro-galvanised finish. Designed with flat shelves without raised rims, it enables quick, slide-on loading and unloading of heavy tools, components, and containers across warehouses, workshops, and industrial facilities.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eOverall Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 1070mm (L) x 550mm (W) x 1000mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Dimensions:\u003c\/strong\u003e 940mm (L) x 540mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Configuration:\u003c\/strong\u003e 2 rimless sheet metal shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eStatic Load Capacity:\u003c\/strong\u003e 400kg (150kg uniform distributed load per shelf)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eShelf Clearance:\u003c\/strong\u003e 540mm distance between shelves\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUpper Shelf Height:\u003c\/strong\u003e 770mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eCastors:\u003c\/strong\u003e 160mm solid rubber castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eFinish:\u003c\/strong\u003e Electro-galvanised steel for corrosion resistance\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eConstruction:\u003c\/strong\u003e Fully welded, ready-to-use frame\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003e\n\u003cstrong\u003eUnit Weight:\u003c\/strong\u003e 26kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the total load capacity of this shelf trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a maximum static load of 400kg, with each individual shelf capable of carrying up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat are the dimensions of the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm in length by 540mm in width, with a 540mm clearance between the lower and upper shelf.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this shelf trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, the trolley arrives fully welded and ready for immediate operation.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted to the trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is equipped with 160mm solid rubber castors in a 2-fixed and 2-swivel configuration for reliable manoeuvrability.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59231854526838,"sku":"KM4168-E","price":272.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_23c58a5b-e9a5-4bcf-b77b-fe3403c3e103.jpg?v=1793652286"},{"product_id":"fully-welded-2-shelf-trolley-400kg-capacity-1070-x-550mm","title":"Fully Welded 2 Shelf Trolley, 400kg Capacity, 1070 x 550mm","description":"\u003cp\u003eA heavy-duty, fully welded steel shelf trolley designed for transporting heavy parts, tools, and materials across industrial environments, workshops, and warehouses. Constructed from robust sheet metal with rimless flat shelves, it provides quick, unobstructed slide-on loading and unloading for bulky objects.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003cul\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTotal static load capacity: 400 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eIndividual shelf load capacity: 150 kg\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eTwo robust flat sheet metal shelves without rims\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eShelf dimensions: 940 mm (L) x 540 mm (W)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eOverall dimensions: 1070 mm (L) x 550 mm (W) x 1000 mm (H)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eHeight to upper shelf: 770 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eClearance distance between shelves: 540 mm\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFitted with 4 solid rubber 160 mm castors (2 fixed, 2 swivel)\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eDurable powder-coated blue finish\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003cli\u003eFully welded construction – supplied assembled, ready for immediate use\u003c\/li\u003e\n\u003c\/ul\u003e\u003cp\u003eDelivered across the UK and Ireland.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cp class=\"ab-range-line\"\u003ePart of the AB Range from AB Handling — stocked and supplied for UK and Irish businesses.\u003c\/p\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e\n\u003cdiv class=\"ab-faq\"\u003e\n\u003ch3\u003eQuestions and answers\u003c\/h3\u003e\n\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat is the maximum weight capacity of this trolley?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eThe trolley supports a total static capacity of 400kg, with each shelf rated for up to 150kg.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eDoes this trolley require assembly?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eNo, it is a fully welded steel unit supplied pre-assembled and ready for immediate use.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat size are the shelves?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eEach shelf measures 940mm long by 540mm wide, with a 540mm vertical clearance between the bottom and top levels.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003cdetails\u003e\u003csummary\u003eWhat castors are fitted?\u003c\/summary\u003e\u003cp\u003eIt is fitted with four 160mm solid rubber castors configured as two fixed and two swivel for controlled steering.\u003c\/p\u003e\u003c\/details\u003e\u003c!--\/ab-faq--\u003e\n\u003c\/div\u003e","brand":"Kongamek","offers":[{"title":"Default Title","offer_id":59231854625142,"sku":"KM4168-B","price":272.2,"currency_code":"GBP","in_stock":true}],"thumbnail_url":"\/\/cdn.shopify.com\/s\/files\/1\/0194\/8446\/files\/Image_fc2397eb-6143-49b7-aa7d-13cc64fd16b5.jpg?v=1793652296"}],"url":"https:\/\/ab-handling.at\/collections\/small-parts-storage-systems-mobile-trolleys-racks-bin-container-trolleys-picking-shelf-trolleys.oembed","provider":"AB Handling \u0026 Packaging","version":"1.0","type":"link"}